1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 struct linespec_sals
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
236 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
249 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line
*commands
;
360 struct command_line
*
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
363 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
389 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
392 fprintf_filtered (file
,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
405 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
408 fprintf_filtered (file
,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
421 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
424 fprintf_filtered (file
,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
441 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto
,
467 condition_evaluation_host
,
468 condition_evaluation_target
,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
487 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target
;
492 return condition_evaluation_host
;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count
;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count
;
615 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
616 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
617 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
623 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
631 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
632 breakpoint_count
= num
;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line
*
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
675 struct counted_command_line
*result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
679 result
->commands
= commands
;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
701 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup
*
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num
)
734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
737 if (b
->number
== num
)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
751 struct bp_location
*loc
;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
764 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
765 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
786 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
794 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
796 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
808 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
839 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
857 fprintf_filtered (file
,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
874 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
875 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
877 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
880 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location
**
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
892 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
893 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
897 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
921 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
922 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
935 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
958 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
962 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
964 innermost_block
= NULL
;
966 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
975 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
980 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
989 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
992 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
994 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
995 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
999 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1000 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1004 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1005 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len
= strlen (text
);
1020 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1021 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1024 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1029 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1031 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1034 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1052 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1062 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1067 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1095 struct command_line
*c
;
1097 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1101 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1105 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1114 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1124 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1125 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1141 struct command_line
*commands
)
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line
*c
;
1150 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1151 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1153 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1155 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1171 struct command_line
*c2
;
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1174 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1175 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1177 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1194 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1199 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1201 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1202 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1214 struct command_line
*commands
)
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1219 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1220 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1231 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1234 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1244 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1247 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1252 breakpoint work for any task. */
1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1257 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1260 if (old_task
!= task
)
1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1267 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1269 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1272 /* A structure used to pass information through
1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1275 struct commands_info
1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1284 already-parsed command. */
1285 struct command_line
*control
;
1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1289 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1293 commands_command. */
1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1298 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1300 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1302 struct command_line
*l
;
1304 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1305 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1308 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1311 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1312 "%s, one per line."),
1315 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1317 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1320 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1323 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1326 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1331 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1334 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1336 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1337 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1344 struct command_line
*control
)
1346 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1347 struct commands_info info
;
1349 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1350 info
.control
= control
;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1356 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1358 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1359 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1361 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1362 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1374 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1377 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1383 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1390 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1392 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1403 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1404 return simple_control
;
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1412 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1416 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1423 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1427 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1429 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1430 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1431 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1432 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1433 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1434 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1435 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1436 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1438 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1441 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1442 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1443 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1445 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1447 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1449 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1450 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1451 report higher one. */
1454 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1455 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1457 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1459 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1460 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1462 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1463 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1464 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1465 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1467 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1468 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1469 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1471 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1473 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1480 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1481 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1482 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1483 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1484 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1487 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1489 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1490 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1491 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1494 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1497 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1499 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1501 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1506 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1507 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1508 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1511 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1514 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1515 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1516 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1519 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1521 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1522 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1525 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1527 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1528 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1530 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1535 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1540 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1541 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1543 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1544 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1545 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1549 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1551 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1552 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1555 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1557 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1558 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1559 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1560 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1561 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1563 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1565 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1566 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1570 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1571 const unsigned char *bp
;
1572 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1573 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1575 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1576 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1577 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1579 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1581 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1583 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1584 breakpoint's INSN. */
1585 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1591 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1595 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1597 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1598 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1599 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1602 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1605 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1607 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1608 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1609 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1612 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1616 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1618 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1619 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1622 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1623 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1624 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1625 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1626 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1627 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1628 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1629 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1632 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1634 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1635 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1636 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1637 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1640 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1641 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1644 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1646 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1648 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1650 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1651 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1652 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1653 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1654 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1656 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1659 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1660 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1661 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1662 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1664 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1666 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1667 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1670 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1671 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1672 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1673 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1674 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1675 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1676 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1677 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1679 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1680 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1681 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1682 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1683 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1684 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1685 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1686 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1689 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1690 hardware watchpoints:
1692 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1693 called several times when GDB stops.
1696 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1697 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1698 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1699 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1700 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1701 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1702 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1703 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1704 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1705 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1706 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1708 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1709 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1712 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1714 int within_current_scope
;
1715 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1724 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1729 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1730 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1731 within_current_scope
= 1;
1734 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1735 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1736 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1738 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1739 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1740 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1744 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1745 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1746 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1747 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1750 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1752 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1753 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1754 if (within_current_scope
)
1758 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1759 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1760 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1763 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1772 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1773 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1774 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1775 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1776 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1777 be completely different objects. */
1778 value_free (b
->val
);
1782 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1783 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1784 locations (re)created below. */
1785 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1787 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1789 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1793 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1794 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1798 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1799 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1800 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1801 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1802 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1803 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1805 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1806 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1807 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1809 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1812 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1813 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1815 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1817 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1818 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1819 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1820 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1821 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1823 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1829 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1831 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1832 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1834 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1835 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1836 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1837 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1838 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1839 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1840 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1842 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1844 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1845 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1846 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1848 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1849 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1853 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1855 addr
= value_address (v
);
1857 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1859 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1862 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1863 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1866 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1868 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1869 loc
->address
= addr
;
1870 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1871 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1876 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1877 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1878 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1883 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1884 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1886 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1890 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1893 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1894 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1895 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1897 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1898 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1899 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1900 this watchpoint in as well. */
1902 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1903 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1904 hardware watchpoint type. */
1905 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1906 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1907 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1909 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1910 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1911 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1912 through watch_command), so always account for it
1915 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1916 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1918 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1919 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1922 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1923 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1925 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1927 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1928 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1929 "hardware watchpoint."));
1930 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1931 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1932 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1934 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1935 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1939 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1940 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1941 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1943 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1946 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1950 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1952 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1953 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1954 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1955 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1958 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1960 next
= value_next (v
);
1965 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1966 above left it without any location set up. But,
1967 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1968 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1969 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1971 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1972 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1973 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1974 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1975 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1976 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1979 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1981 printf_filtered (_("\
1982 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1983 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1985 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1988 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1990 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1994 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1995 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1996 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1997 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1998 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2000 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2002 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2005 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2008 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2011 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2014 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2015 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2016 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2017 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2018 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2019 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2020 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2021 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2022 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2028 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2029 that the location is not duplicated. */
2032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2035 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2038 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2039 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2043 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2044 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2045 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2046 any error during parsing. */
2048 static struct agent_expr
*
2049 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2051 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2052 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2053 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2058 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2059 that may show up. */
2060 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2062 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2067 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2068 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2069 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2073 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2077 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2078 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2079 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2080 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2081 one of them is true. */
2084 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2086 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2087 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2088 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2089 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2091 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2092 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2093 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2095 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2096 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2099 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2100 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2101 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2102 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2103 response back to GDB. */
2104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2107 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2111 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2113 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2114 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2115 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2116 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2117 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2118 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2120 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2121 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2127 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2128 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2129 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2131 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2137 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2138 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2139 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2141 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2142 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2143 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2145 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2148 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2150 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2152 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2155 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2156 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2161 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2162 for this location's address. */
2163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2167 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2168 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2169 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2171 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2172 conditions to the target. */
2173 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2174 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2180 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2181 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2182 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2184 static struct agent_expr
*
2185 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2187 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2188 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2189 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2190 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2191 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2193 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2194 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2196 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2203 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2205 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2207 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2208 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2210 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2212 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2214 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2216 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2218 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2219 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2221 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2223 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2224 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2226 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2228 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2230 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2232 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2233 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2236 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2241 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2242 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2244 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2248 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2249 that may show up. */
2250 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2252 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2253 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2254 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2259 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2260 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2261 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2265 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2267 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2271 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2272 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2273 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2276 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2278 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2279 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2280 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2281 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2283 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2284 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2285 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2288 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2303 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2305 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2310 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2311 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2317 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2318 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2319 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2321 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2327 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2329 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2334 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2335 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2337 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2339 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2342 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2343 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2348 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2349 for this location's address. */
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2353 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2354 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2355 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2356 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2358 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2359 to send the commands to the target. */
2360 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2364 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2365 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2366 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2367 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2370 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2371 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2372 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2373 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2376 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2377 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2379 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2380 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2381 int *disabled_breaks
,
2382 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2383 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2386 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2387 struct gdb_exception e
;
2389 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2392 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2394 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2395 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2396 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2397 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2398 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2399 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2401 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2402 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2403 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2405 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2406 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2407 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2408 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2410 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2412 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2413 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2414 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2415 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2418 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2419 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2421 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2423 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2424 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2425 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2427 Two important cases are:
2428 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2429 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2430 hardware breakpoint.
2431 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2432 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2433 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2436 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2437 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2438 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2439 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2441 struct mem_region
*mr
2442 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2446 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2448 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2450 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2451 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2453 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2455 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2457 static int said
= 0;
2459 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2462 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2463 _("Note: automatically using "
2464 "hardware breakpoints for "
2465 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2470 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2472 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2473 "at readonly address %s"),
2474 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2478 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2479 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2480 || bl
->section
== NULL
2481 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2483 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2484 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2486 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2491 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2496 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2497 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2498 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2500 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2501 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2502 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2503 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2504 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2508 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2510 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2511 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2512 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2513 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2514 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2516 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2517 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2518 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2522 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2523 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2525 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2526 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2528 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2533 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2538 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2539 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2546 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2547 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2549 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2551 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2552 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2553 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2556 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2559 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2560 "library breakpoints:\n");
2562 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2564 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2568 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2570 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2571 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2573 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2574 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2575 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2580 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2581 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2584 "Error accessing memory address ");
2585 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2587 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2588 safe_strerror (val
));
2599 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2600 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2601 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2602 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2604 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2605 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2607 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2609 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2610 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2611 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2613 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2615 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2616 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2620 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2621 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2625 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2626 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2633 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2634 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2637 /* Back to the original value. */
2638 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2642 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2645 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2647 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2648 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2650 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2653 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2657 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2658 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2660 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2663 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2665 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2666 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2667 so just return success. */
2674 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2675 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2679 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2681 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2682 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2684 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2687 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2688 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2691 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2692 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2693 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2695 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2697 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2699 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2700 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2701 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2703 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2704 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2706 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2712 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2713 removed locations above. */
2714 update_global_location_list (0);
2717 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2718 Throws exception on any error.
2719 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2720 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2722 insert_breakpoints (void)
2724 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2727 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2729 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2731 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2734 update_global_location_list (1);
2736 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2737 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2739 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2740 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2743 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2746 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2748 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2752 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2756 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2757 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2758 always-inserted mode. */
2761 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2763 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2766 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2767 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2768 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2770 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2771 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2773 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2774 there was an error. */
2775 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2777 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2781 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2783 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2786 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2787 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2788 deletion of breakpoints. */
2789 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2792 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2794 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2795 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2796 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2797 insert breakpoints. */
2798 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2799 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2802 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2803 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2810 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2811 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2814 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2817 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2820 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2822 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2823 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2826 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2827 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2828 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2830 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2831 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2833 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2834 there was an error. */
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2837 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2841 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2844 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2845 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2846 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2847 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2848 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2851 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2853 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2854 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2855 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2856 insert breakpoints. */
2857 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2858 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2861 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2862 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2867 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2868 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2871 int some_failed
= 0;
2872 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2874 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2877 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2880 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2883 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2884 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2891 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2893 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2895 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2897 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2905 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2906 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2907 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2909 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2910 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2911 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2913 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2914 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2917 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2920 /* Used when the program stops.
2921 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2922 removing a breakpoint location. */
2925 remove_breakpoints (void)
2927 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2930 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2932 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2933 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2938 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2941 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2943 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2945 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2949 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2952 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2957 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2966 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2968 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2969 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2971 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2972 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2973 struct inferior
*inf
;
2974 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2976 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2980 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2981 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2983 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2985 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2986 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2990 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2996 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2999 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3008 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3010 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3011 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3012 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3013 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3014 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3015 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3017 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3020 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3023 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3024 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3028 static struct breakpoint
*
3029 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3030 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3031 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3033 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3034 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3036 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3039 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3040 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3042 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3043 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3044 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3049 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3051 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3053 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3055 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3056 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3058 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3061 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3062 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3064 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3065 int longjmp_searched
;
3067 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3068 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3073 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3074 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3076 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3077 int exception_searched
;
3079 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3080 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3083 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3085 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3086 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3088 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3091 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3093 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3096 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3097 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3099 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3100 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3102 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3104 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3105 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3107 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3108 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3110 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3111 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3113 return bp_objfile_data
;
3117 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3121 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3122 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3126 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3128 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3129 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3131 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3133 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3137 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3139 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3142 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3144 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3146 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3149 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3150 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3153 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3156 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3157 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3159 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3160 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3162 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3164 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3165 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3169 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3170 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3173 update_global_location_list (1);
3177 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3179 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3180 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3182 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3184 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3186 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3188 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3190 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3193 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3194 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3196 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3197 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3200 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3202 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3204 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3205 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3206 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3209 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3212 struct probe
*probe
;
3213 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3216 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3217 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3221 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3223 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3225 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3226 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3227 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3233 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3236 const char *func_name
;
3239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3242 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3243 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3245 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3247 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3254 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3257 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3258 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3259 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3260 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3261 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3265 update_global_location_list (1);
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3270 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3272 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3274 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3275 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3276 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3278 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3280 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3282 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3285 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3287 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3289 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3290 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3292 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3294 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3297 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3299 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3301 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3302 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3303 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3305 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3306 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3309 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3312 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3313 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3314 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3315 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3316 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3317 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3321 update_global_location_list (1);
3323 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3326 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3329 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3331 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3332 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3334 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3336 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3337 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3341 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3343 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3344 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3346 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3347 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3348 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3351 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3353 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3355 struct probe
*probe
;
3358 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3359 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3363 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3365 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3366 bp_exception_master
,
3367 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3368 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3369 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3375 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3377 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3380 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3382 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3384 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3386 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3387 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3389 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3393 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3396 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3397 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3399 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3400 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3401 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3402 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3405 update_global_location_list (1);
3409 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3411 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3412 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3414 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3415 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3416 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3417 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3418 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3419 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3420 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3421 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3422 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3423 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3424 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3428 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3431 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3438 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3439 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3441 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3445 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3446 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3447 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3448 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3449 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3451 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3455 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3456 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3458 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3462 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3464 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3465 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3466 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3468 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3472 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3474 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3475 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3476 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3477 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3481 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3482 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3483 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3484 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3485 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3486 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3488 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3489 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3490 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3491 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3492 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3493 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3494 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3496 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3497 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3498 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3499 let finish_command delete it.
3501 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3502 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3503 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3504 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3505 solib breakpoints.) */
3507 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3512 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3513 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3515 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3517 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3521 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3522 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3523 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3524 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3525 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3529 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3531 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3533 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3534 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3536 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3537 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3539 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3540 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3543 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3547 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3550 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3551 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3557 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3558 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3559 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3560 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3561 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3564 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3568 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3569 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3571 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3572 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3575 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3576 This should not ever happen. */
3577 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3579 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3580 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3582 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3583 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3584 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3586 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3587 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3588 || bl
->section
== NULL
3589 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3591 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3592 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3596 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3597 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3598 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3600 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3601 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3603 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3604 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3605 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3606 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3607 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3609 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3610 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3612 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3613 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3616 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3617 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3618 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3619 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3621 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3622 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3623 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3624 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3625 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3626 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3632 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3637 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3638 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3639 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3640 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3645 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3647 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3649 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3650 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3652 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3653 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3655 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3656 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3657 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3660 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3661 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3664 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3665 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3667 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3671 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3678 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3681 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3683 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3684 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3686 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3687 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3690 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3691 This should not ever happen. */
3692 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3694 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3696 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3698 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3700 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3704 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3707 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3709 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3712 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3716 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3717 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3719 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3722 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3723 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3724 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3729 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3731 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3732 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3734 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3738 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3743 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3744 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3745 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3751 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3757 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3759 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3760 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3763 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3765 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3767 case bp_shlib_event
:
3769 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3770 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3771 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3772 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3773 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3775 (gdb) file prog-linux
3776 (gdb) run # native linux target
3779 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3780 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3783 case bp_step_resume
:
3785 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3787 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3792 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3793 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3795 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3797 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3798 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3800 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3802 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3803 insert_breakpoints. */
3805 value_free (w
->val
);
3816 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3817 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3818 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3819 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3822 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3823 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3824 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3825 match, not program space. */
3827 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3828 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3829 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3830 permanent breakpoint.
3831 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3832 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3833 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3834 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3835 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3837 enum breakpoint_here
3838 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3840 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3841 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3845 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3846 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3849 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3850 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3851 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3852 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3854 if (overlay_debugging
3855 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3856 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3857 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3858 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3859 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3861 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3865 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3868 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3871 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3873 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3876 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3877 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3883 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3884 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3885 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3886 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3889 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3892 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3896 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3897 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3901 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3903 if (overlay_debugging
3904 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3905 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3906 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3914 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3915 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3918 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3920 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3923 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3929 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3933 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3936 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3938 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3940 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3944 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3947 if (overlay_debugging
3948 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3949 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3950 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3956 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3957 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3964 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3965 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3967 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3971 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3973 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3974 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3980 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3981 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3985 /* Check for intersection. */
3986 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3987 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3995 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3996 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3999 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4002 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4003 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4009 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4010 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4013 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4014 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4015 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4018 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4021 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4023 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4024 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4025 it is now time to do so. */
4027 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4028 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4032 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4034 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4035 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4036 it is now time to do so. */
4038 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4039 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4043 if (overlay_debugging
4044 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4045 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4046 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4055 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4059 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4061 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4064 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4068 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4070 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4071 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4072 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4073 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4077 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4078 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4081 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4098 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4099 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4102 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4106 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4111 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4113 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4114 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4115 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4116 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4117 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4119 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4120 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4124 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4134 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4137 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4142 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4144 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4150 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value
4153 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4157 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4159 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4160 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4161 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4163 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4164 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4166 if (newval
> result
)
4173 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4174 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4175 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4176 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4178 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4179 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4181 Return 1 otherwise. */
4184 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4186 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4189 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4191 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4192 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4193 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4194 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4195 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4197 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4199 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4203 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4206 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4208 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4211 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4214 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4218 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4220 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4222 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4224 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4230 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4233 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4235 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4237 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4239 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4240 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4241 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4242 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4243 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4247 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4250 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4253 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4255 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4258 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4259 or its equivalent. */
4262 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4264 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4265 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4268 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4269 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4270 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4271 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4273 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4274 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4275 bpstat of the current thread. */
4278 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4281 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4284 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4286 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4289 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4290 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4292 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4294 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4297 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4298 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4300 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4301 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4302 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4304 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4306 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4307 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4308 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4309 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4310 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4311 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4312 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4313 the tree when we're done. */
4314 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4315 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4316 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4317 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4318 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4320 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4326 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4328 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4334 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4335 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4337 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4339 if (target_can_async_p ())
4340 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4341 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4342 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4345 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4346 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4347 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4348 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4349 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4350 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4351 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4352 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4353 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4354 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4355 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4356 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4357 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4362 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4367 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4369 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4371 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4372 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4373 && target_has_execution
4374 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4375 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4376 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4377 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4378 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4379 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4380 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4383 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4386 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4389 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4392 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4395 struct value_print_options opts
;
4396 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4397 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4401 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4402 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4403 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4404 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4407 static enum print_stop_action
4408 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4410 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4413 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4414 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4418 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4419 relevant messages. */
4420 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4423 case print_it_normal
:
4425 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4427 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4428 which has since been deleted. */
4430 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4432 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4433 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4438 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4439 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4444 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4447 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4450 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4452 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4456 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4462 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4466 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4471 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4475 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4476 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4479 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4485 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4486 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4489 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4494 struct so_list
*iter
;
4496 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4499 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4502 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4508 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4509 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4512 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4516 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4517 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4518 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4519 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4520 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4521 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4522 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4525 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4526 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4527 code to print the location. An example is
4528 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4530 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4531 to also print the location part of the message.
4532 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4533 don't require a location appended to the end.
4534 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4535 further info to be printed. */
4537 enum print_stop_action
4538 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4542 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4543 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4544 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4545 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4546 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4548 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4549 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4550 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4551 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4555 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4556 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4557 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4558 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4560 print_solib_event (0);
4561 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4564 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4565 with and nothing was printed. */
4566 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4569 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4570 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4571 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4572 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4575 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4577 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4578 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4580 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4584 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4587 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4591 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4593 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4594 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4595 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4596 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4597 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4598 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4599 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4601 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4605 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4606 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4609 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4611 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4613 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4615 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4617 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4618 as not triggered. */
4620 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4622 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4624 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4630 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4632 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4633 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4635 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4637 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4639 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4642 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4645 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4646 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4650 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4652 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4653 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4655 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4658 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4660 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4661 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4663 if (newaddr
== start
)
4665 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4669 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4670 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4674 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4683 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4684 because of check_errors). */
4685 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4686 #define WP_DELETED 1
4687 /* The value has changed. */
4688 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4689 /* The value has not changed. */
4690 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4691 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4694 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4695 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4697 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4700 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4701 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4704 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4706 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4707 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4708 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4709 int within_current_scope
;
4711 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4712 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4713 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4721 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4722 within_current_scope
= 1;
4725 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4726 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4727 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4729 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4730 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4731 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4732 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4733 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4734 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4735 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4736 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4737 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4741 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4742 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4744 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4745 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4746 if (within_current_scope
)
4748 struct symbol
*function
;
4750 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4751 if (function
== NULL
4752 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4753 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4754 within_current_scope
= 0;
4757 if (within_current_scope
)
4758 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4759 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4764 if (within_current_scope
)
4766 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4767 time before we return to the command level and call
4768 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4769 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4773 struct value
*new_val
;
4775 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4776 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4777 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4778 a mask watchpoint. */
4779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4781 mark
= value_mark ();
4782 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4784 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4785 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4786 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4787 not what we want. */
4788 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4789 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4791 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4793 release_value (new_val
);
4794 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4796 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4799 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4803 /* Nothing changed. */
4804 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4805 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4810 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4812 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4813 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4814 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4815 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4816 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4817 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4818 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4819 the first value assigned). */
4820 /* We print all the stop information in
4821 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4822 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4823 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4827 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4828 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4829 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4831 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4832 which its expression is valid.\n");
4834 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4835 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4836 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4842 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4843 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4844 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4847 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4848 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4849 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4851 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4853 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4854 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4856 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4859 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4860 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4863 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4865 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4866 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4868 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4869 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4870 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4871 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4872 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4875 int must_check_value
= 0;
4877 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4878 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4880 must_check_value
= 1;
4881 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4882 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4883 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4885 must_check_value
= 1;
4886 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4887 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4888 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4889 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4890 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4891 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4892 must_check_value
= 1;
4894 if (must_check_value
)
4897 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4899 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4900 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4902 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4906 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4907 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4911 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4914 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4915 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4917 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4919 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4920 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4921 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4922 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4923 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4924 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4925 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4928 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4929 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4932 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4933 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4934 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4935 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4937 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4938 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4939 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4942 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4943 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4944 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4945 changes. This still gives false positives when
4946 the program writes the same value to memory as
4947 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4948 it for a read), but it's much better than
4951 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4953 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4955 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4958 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4959 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4961 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4962 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4964 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4965 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4967 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4973 if (other_write_watchpoint
4974 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4976 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4977 and the value changed since the last time we
4978 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4980 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4985 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4986 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4987 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4989 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4990 the value hasn't changed. */
4991 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4999 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5000 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5001 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5002 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5003 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5007 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5009 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5010 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5011 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5012 anything for this watchpoint. */
5013 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5020 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5021 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5022 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5025 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5027 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5028 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5029 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5031 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5032 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5033 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5034 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5035 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5037 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5038 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5039 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5041 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5042 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5046 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5047 struct expression
*cond
;
5049 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5050 method implemented. */
5051 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5052 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5054 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5056 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5063 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5065 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5066 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5068 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5069 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5070 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5071 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5073 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5075 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5076 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5080 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5081 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5082 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5083 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5084 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5086 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5087 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5090 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5092 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5093 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5094 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5095 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5096 really matter which instantiation of the function
5097 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5098 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5099 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5100 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5101 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5102 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5103 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5104 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5106 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5108 select_frame (frame
);
5110 within_current_scope
= 0;
5112 if (within_current_scope
)
5114 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5115 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5119 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5120 "in the current scope"));
5121 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5122 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5125 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5126 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5129 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5133 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5137 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5140 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5142 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5144 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5150 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5151 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5153 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5154 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5157 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5159 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5161 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5162 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5163 several reasons concurrently.)
5165 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5166 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5169 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5170 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5171 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5173 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5174 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5175 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5176 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5177 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5178 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5181 int need_remove_insert
;
5184 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5185 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5186 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5187 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5188 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5189 inferior function calls. */
5193 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5196 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5198 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5199 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5200 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5201 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5202 checked all locations already. */
5203 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5206 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5209 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5212 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5215 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5218 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5219 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5220 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5224 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5225 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5226 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5228 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5230 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5232 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5237 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5239 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5241 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5242 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5245 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5249 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5250 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5251 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5253 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5255 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5257 handle_solib_event ();
5262 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5263 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5264 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5268 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5273 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5274 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5277 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5284 /* We will stop here. */
5285 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5287 --(b
->enable_count
);
5288 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5289 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5290 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5295 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5296 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5297 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5298 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5304 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5306 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5307 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5310 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5311 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5312 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5314 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5315 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5316 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5318 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5319 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5321 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5323 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5324 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5327 if (need_remove_insert
)
5328 update_global_location_list (1);
5329 else if (removed_any
)
5330 update_global_location_list (0);
5336 handle_jit_event (void)
5338 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5339 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5341 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5342 breakpoint_re_set. */
5343 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5345 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5346 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5348 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5350 target_terminal_inferior ();
5353 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5356 handle_solib_event (void)
5358 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5360 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5361 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5362 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5363 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5365 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5367 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5369 target_terminal_inferior ();
5372 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5374 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5377 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5379 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5383 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5384 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5385 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5387 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5389 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5390 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5391 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5394 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5396 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5397 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5401 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5408 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5411 case bp_shlib_event
:
5415 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5417 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5420 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5423 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5424 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5425 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5429 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5431 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5435 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5436 This requires no further action. */
5440 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5442 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5443 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5445 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5446 case bp_exception_resume
:
5447 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5448 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5450 case bp_step_resume
:
5452 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5455 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5456 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5459 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5461 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5464 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5468 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5469 case bp_thread_event
:
5470 case bp_overlay_event
:
5471 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5472 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5473 case bp_exception_master
:
5474 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5480 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5482 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5486 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5487 This requires no further action. */
5492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5497 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5498 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5500 case bp_std_terminate
:
5501 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5502 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5503 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5504 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5507 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5508 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5509 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5510 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5512 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5513 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5516 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5517 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5519 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5520 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5521 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5526 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5530 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5531 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5534 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5537 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5538 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5543 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5545 handle_jit_event ();
5548 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5550 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5559 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5560 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5568 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5569 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5570 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5573 bpstat_should_step (void)
5575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5578 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5584 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5586 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5595 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5596 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5597 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5600 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5602 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5603 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5607 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5609 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5611 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5612 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5613 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5618 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5624 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5625 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5627 "host": Host evals condition.
5628 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5629 "target": Target evals condition.
5633 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5635 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5636 char host_evals
= 0;
5637 char target_evals
= 0;
5642 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5645 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5646 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5647 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5649 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5651 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5657 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5658 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5659 else if (target_evals
)
5660 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5662 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5665 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5666 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5669 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5671 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5674 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5675 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5676 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5678 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5679 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5681 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5684 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5687 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5688 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5690 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5691 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5693 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5697 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5699 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5700 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5701 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5704 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5708 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5709 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5710 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5711 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5715 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5719 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5720 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5722 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5725 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5729 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5730 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5732 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5734 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5736 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5741 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5742 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5743 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5745 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5746 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5747 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5748 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5751 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5755 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5757 struct ep_type_description
5762 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5764 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5765 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5766 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5767 {bp_until
, "until"},
5768 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5769 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5772 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5773 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5774 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5775 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5776 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5777 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5778 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5779 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5780 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5781 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5782 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5783 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5784 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5785 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5786 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5787 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5788 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5789 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5790 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5792 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5793 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5794 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5795 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5796 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5799 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5800 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5801 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5802 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5805 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5808 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5811 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5812 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5814 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5817 struct command_line
*l
;
5818 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5820 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5821 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5822 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5823 struct value_print_options opts
;
5825 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5827 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5828 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5829 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5832 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5833 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5841 if (part_of_multiple
)
5844 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5845 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5850 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5855 if (part_of_multiple
)
5856 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5858 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5862 if (part_of_multiple
)
5863 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5865 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5870 if (part_of_multiple
)
5871 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5873 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5874 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5875 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5879 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5881 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5882 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5883 make sure there's just one location. */
5884 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5885 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5891 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5892 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5896 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5897 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5898 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5902 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5903 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5904 is relatively readable). */
5905 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5906 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5913 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5917 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5918 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5920 case bp_exception_resume
:
5921 case bp_step_resume
:
5922 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5923 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5925 case bp_std_terminate
:
5926 case bp_shlib_event
:
5927 case bp_thread_event
:
5928 case bp_overlay_event
:
5929 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5930 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5931 case bp_exception_master
:
5933 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5934 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5937 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5938 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5939 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5942 if (header_of_multiple
)
5943 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5944 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5945 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5947 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5948 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5951 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5952 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5959 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5962 && !header_of_multiple
5964 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5965 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5966 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5967 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5968 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5969 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5971 struct inferior
*inf
;
5974 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5976 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5981 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5984 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5985 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5990 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5992 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5994 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5995 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5996 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5997 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5999 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6001 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6002 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6008 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6009 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6011 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6014 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6015 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6017 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6018 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6019 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6022 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6025 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6026 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6029 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6031 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6032 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6033 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6034 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6035 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6037 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6038 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6039 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6045 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6047 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6049 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6050 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6053 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6057 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6058 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6059 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6060 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6063 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6064 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6065 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6066 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6067 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6069 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6073 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6075 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6079 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6087 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6088 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6089 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6090 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6093 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6094 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6095 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6096 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6099 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6100 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6104 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6106 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6108 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6110 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6111 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6112 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6116 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6117 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6119 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6122 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6123 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6124 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6127 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6129 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6131 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6133 annotate_field (10);
6134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6135 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6136 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6139 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6141 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6143 annotate_field (11);
6145 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6146 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6147 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6151 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6153 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6154 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6159 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6161 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6163 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6165 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6167 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6168 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6173 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6174 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6177 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6178 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6180 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6182 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6183 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6185 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6186 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6187 locations, if any. */
6188 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6190 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6191 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6192 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6195 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6196 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6198 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6199 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6201 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6204 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6206 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6207 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6208 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6209 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6216 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6218 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6219 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6221 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6225 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6226 an address to print. */
6227 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6230 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6231 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6232 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6235 return print_address_bits
;
6238 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6244 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6246 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6247 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6248 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6252 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6254 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6262 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6263 char **error_message
)
6265 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6268 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6270 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6271 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6277 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6278 internal or momentary. */
6281 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6283 return b
->number
> 0;
6286 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6287 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6288 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6289 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6290 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6291 breakpoints listed. */
6294 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6295 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6297 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6298 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6299 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6300 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6301 struct value_print_options opts
;
6302 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6303 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6304 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6306 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6308 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6309 required for address fields. */
6310 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6313 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6314 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6317 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6318 accept. Skip the others. */
6319 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6321 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6323 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6327 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6329 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6331 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6332 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6333 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6335 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6336 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6337 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6339 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6343 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6345 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6346 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6350 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6351 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6354 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6355 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6356 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6358 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6359 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6361 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6362 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6363 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6365 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6366 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6368 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6369 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6371 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6373 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6374 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6375 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6377 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6378 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6380 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6382 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6383 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6384 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6385 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6390 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6391 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6394 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6395 accept. Skip the others. */
6397 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6399 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6401 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6404 else /* all others */
6406 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6410 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6412 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6413 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6416 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6420 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6424 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6425 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6427 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6428 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6434 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6435 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6438 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6439 there have been breakpoints? */
6440 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6442 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6445 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6446 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6449 default_collect_info (void)
6451 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6453 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6454 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6456 if (!*default_collect
)
6459 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6462 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6463 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6467 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6469 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6471 default_collect_info ();
6475 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6477 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6478 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6480 if (num_printed
== 0)
6482 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6483 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6485 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6490 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6492 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6494 default_collect_info ();
6498 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6499 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6500 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6502 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6504 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6506 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6507 && bl
->address
== pc
6508 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6514 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6515 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6519 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6520 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6521 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6524 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6527 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6528 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6532 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6533 else /* if (others == ???) */
6534 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6536 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6539 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6540 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6541 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6542 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6543 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6544 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6545 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6546 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6548 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6552 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6554 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6555 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6556 printf_filtered (".\n");
6561 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6562 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6563 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6564 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6566 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6567 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6568 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6569 breakpoint at address zero:
6577 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6579 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6581 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6584 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6585 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6588 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6589 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6591 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6592 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6594 /* Both of them must exist. */
6595 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6596 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6598 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6599 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6600 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6601 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6602 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6603 other watchpoint. */
6605 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6607 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6610 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6612 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6616 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6617 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6618 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6619 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6620 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6621 become hw_access locations later. */
6622 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6623 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6624 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6625 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6628 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6629 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6630 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6631 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6634 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6635 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6637 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6638 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6642 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6643 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6644 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6645 space doesn't really matter. */
6648 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6649 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6652 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6653 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6654 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6657 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6658 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6659 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6660 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6663 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6664 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6667 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6670 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6671 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6675 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6676 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6677 true, otherwise returns false. */
6680 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6681 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6683 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6684 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6685 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6686 different locations. */
6687 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6692 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6693 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6694 represent the same location. */
6697 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6698 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6700 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6702 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6703 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6704 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6706 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6707 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6709 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6712 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6713 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6714 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6716 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6717 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6718 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6719 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6723 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6724 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6726 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6727 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6731 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6732 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6734 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6735 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6737 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6740 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6741 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6742 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6743 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6746 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6747 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6749 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6751 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6754 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6755 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6756 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6757 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6758 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6760 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6761 have their addresses modified. */
6766 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6768 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6769 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6770 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6772 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6773 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6775 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6776 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6778 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6783 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6784 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6786 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6788 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6793 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6794 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6797 switch (owner
->type
)
6803 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6804 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6806 case bp_exception_resume
:
6807 case bp_step_resume
:
6808 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6809 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6811 case bp_std_terminate
:
6812 case bp_shlib_event
:
6813 case bp_thread_event
:
6814 case bp_overlay_event
:
6816 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6817 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6818 case bp_exception_master
:
6819 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6820 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6822 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6823 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6825 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6826 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6829 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6830 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6831 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6832 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6837 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6838 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6839 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6842 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6848 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6850 static struct bp_location
*
6851 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6853 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6857 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6859 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6863 /* Increment reference count. */
6866 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6871 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6872 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6875 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6877 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6879 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6880 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6884 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6887 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6889 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6891 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6892 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6894 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6896 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6905 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6908 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6909 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6911 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6913 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6915 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6919 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6920 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6921 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6923 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6926 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6928 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6929 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6930 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6931 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6934 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6935 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6937 static struct breakpoint
*
6938 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6940 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6942 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6944 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6945 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6949 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6950 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6954 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6956 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6958 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6959 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6960 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6963 const char *function_name
;
6964 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6966 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6967 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6969 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6971 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6973 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6974 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6975 &loc
->requested_address
))
6977 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6978 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6979 loc
->requested_address
,
6982 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6983 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6985 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6986 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6987 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6988 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6990 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6995 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6999 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7001 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7004 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7006 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7011 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7012 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7013 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7015 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7016 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7017 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7020 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7021 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7022 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7024 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7026 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7028 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7029 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7031 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7032 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7034 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7035 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7037 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7040 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7041 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7042 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7043 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7044 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7045 is also returned as the value of this function.
7047 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7048 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7049 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7050 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7051 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7052 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7053 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7056 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7057 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7058 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7060 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7062 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7063 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7068 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7069 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7071 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7073 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7075 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7077 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7078 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7079 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7080 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7081 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7082 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7086 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7087 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7088 initiated the operation. */
7091 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7093 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7094 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7096 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7097 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7098 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7099 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7101 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7102 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7103 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7105 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7106 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7108 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7109 after their removal. */
7110 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7111 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7112 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7115 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7118 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7120 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7122 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7124 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7125 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7127 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7128 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7133 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7135 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7138 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7140 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7141 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7145 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7146 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7147 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7151 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7153 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7156 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7158 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7160 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7161 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7162 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7164 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7166 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7169 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7170 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7171 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7172 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7178 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7179 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7182 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7183 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7187 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7189 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7192 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7194 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7196 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7197 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7198 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7199 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7202 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7204 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7206 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7207 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7208 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7210 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7215 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7217 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7220 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7222 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7223 update_global_location_list (1);
7224 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7229 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7231 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7234 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7236 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7237 update_global_location_list (0);
7238 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7242 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7243 master breakpoint. */
7245 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7247 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7250 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7251 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7253 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7254 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7258 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7260 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7262 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7264 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7265 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7266 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7270 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7272 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7274 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7275 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7277 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7278 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7280 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7282 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7288 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7290 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7293 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7294 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7295 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7298 struct lang_and_radix
7304 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7307 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7309 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7311 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7313 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7317 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7320 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7322 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7325 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7326 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7327 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7331 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7333 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7336 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7337 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7338 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7342 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7344 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7346 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7347 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7348 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7352 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7353 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7356 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7358 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7360 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7362 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7363 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7365 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7366 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7367 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7368 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7369 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7370 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7371 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7372 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7373 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7374 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7375 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7377 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7379 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7383 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7388 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7389 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7393 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7395 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7396 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7398 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7399 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7400 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7401 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7402 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7403 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7406 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7408 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7409 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7411 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7412 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7413 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7414 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7415 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7416 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7417 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7418 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7419 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7421 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7422 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7423 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7424 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7427 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7428 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7430 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7432 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7433 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7434 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7437 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7442 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7444 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7445 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7446 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7447 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7448 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7450 struct fork_catchpoint
7452 /* The base class. */
7453 struct breakpoint base
;
7455 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7456 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7457 catchpoint has triggered. */
7458 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7461 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7465 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7467 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7470 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7474 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7476 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7479 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7483 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7484 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7485 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7487 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7489 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7492 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7496 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7499 static enum print_stop_action
7500 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7502 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7503 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7504 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7506 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7507 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7510 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7511 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7513 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7514 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7515 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7517 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7518 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7519 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7521 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7524 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7528 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7530 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7531 struct value_print_options opts
;
7532 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7534 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7536 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7537 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7539 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7540 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7543 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7545 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7546 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7547 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7548 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7552 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7555 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7559 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7561 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7564 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7568 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7571 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7574 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7576 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7578 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7582 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7584 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7587 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7591 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7593 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7596 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7600 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7601 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7602 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7604 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7606 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7609 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7613 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7616 static enum print_stop_action
7617 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7619 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7620 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7621 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7623 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7624 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7625 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7627 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7628 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7630 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7631 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7632 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7634 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7635 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7636 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7637 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7638 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7641 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7645 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7647 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7648 struct value_print_options opts
;
7649 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7651 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7652 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7653 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7655 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7656 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7658 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7659 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7661 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7662 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7663 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7664 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7667 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7668 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7671 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7675 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7677 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7680 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7684 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7686 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7687 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7690 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7692 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7694 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7695 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7696 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7697 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7698 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7700 struct solib_catchpoint
7702 /* The base class. */
7703 struct breakpoint base
;
7705 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7706 unsigned char is_load
;
7708 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7709 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7715 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7717 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7720 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7721 xfree (self
->regex
);
7723 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7727 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7733 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7739 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7740 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7742 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7744 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7745 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7747 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7750 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7752 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7754 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7757 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7760 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7763 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7765 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7774 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7776 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7777 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7782 struct so_list
*iter
;
7785 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7790 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7799 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7804 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7810 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7813 static enum print_stop_action
7814 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7816 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7817 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7819 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7820 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7821 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7823 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7824 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7825 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7826 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7827 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7828 print_solib_event (1);
7829 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7833 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7835 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7836 struct value_print_options opts
;
7837 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7840 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7841 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7842 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7844 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7847 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7854 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7856 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7861 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7863 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7865 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7868 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7869 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7870 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7874 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7876 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7878 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7879 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7883 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7885 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7888 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7889 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7895 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7897 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7898 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7899 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7900 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7901 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7902 created in an enabled state. */
7905 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7907 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7908 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7909 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7913 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7915 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7916 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7922 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7925 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7927 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7928 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7930 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7933 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7934 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7935 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7937 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7939 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7940 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7943 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7947 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7948 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7951 const int enabled
= 1;
7953 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7955 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7959 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7960 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7962 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7966 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7967 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7969 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7974 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7975 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7976 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7977 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7978 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7980 struct syscall_catchpoint
7982 /* The base class. */
7983 struct breakpoint base
;
7985 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7986 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7987 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7988 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7989 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7992 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7996 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7998 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8000 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8002 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8005 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8007 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8009 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8010 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8011 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8013 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8014 int any_syscall_count
;
8016 /* Count of each system call. */
8017 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8019 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8020 if any catching is necessary. */
8021 int total_syscalls_count
;
8024 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8025 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8027 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8029 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8030 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8032 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8033 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8040 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8046 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8050 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8052 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8053 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8054 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8055 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8057 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8058 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8059 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8065 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8070 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8072 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8073 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8074 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8076 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8077 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8078 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8080 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8081 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8083 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8084 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8088 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8089 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8090 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8092 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8094 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8097 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8101 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8103 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8104 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8105 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8106 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8108 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8109 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8110 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8116 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8120 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8121 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8123 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8124 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8128 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8129 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8130 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8132 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8134 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8137 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8141 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8142 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8143 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8145 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8146 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8147 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8148 int syscall_number
= 0;
8149 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8150 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8152 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8153 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8156 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8158 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8159 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8164 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8166 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8176 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8179 static enum print_stop_action
8180 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8182 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8183 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8184 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8185 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8186 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8187 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8189 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8192 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8194 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8196 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8198 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8199 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8201 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8204 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8205 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8206 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8207 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8208 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8210 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8212 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8213 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8215 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8217 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8218 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8220 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8222 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8224 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8227 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8231 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8232 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8234 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8235 struct value_print_options opts
;
8236 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8238 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8239 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8240 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8242 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8243 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8246 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8247 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8248 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8250 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8252 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8255 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8258 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8263 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8266 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8268 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8270 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8271 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8275 /* Remove the last comma. */
8276 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8277 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8280 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8281 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8283 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8284 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8287 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8291 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8293 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8295 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8299 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8300 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8302 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8305 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8309 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8312 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8314 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8316 printf_filtered (")");
8319 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8323 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8327 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8329 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8331 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8333 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8338 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8343 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8345 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8347 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8350 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8355 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8357 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8360 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8362 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8365 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8366 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8367 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8368 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8371 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8372 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8374 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8376 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8379 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8381 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8383 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8384 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8388 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8390 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8391 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8392 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8393 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8396 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8399 update_global_location_list (1);
8403 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8404 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8405 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8407 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8409 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8411 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8413 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8416 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8418 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8419 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8420 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8421 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8422 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8424 struct exec_catchpoint
8426 /* The base class. */
8427 struct breakpoint base
;
8429 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8430 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8432 char *exec_pathname
;
8435 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8439 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8441 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8443 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8445 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8449 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8451 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8455 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8457 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8461 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8462 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8463 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8465 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8467 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8470 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8474 static enum print_stop_action
8475 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8477 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8478 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8479 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8481 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8482 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8483 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8485 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8488 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8490 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8492 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8493 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8494 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8497 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8501 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8503 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8504 struct value_print_options opts
;
8505 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8507 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8509 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8510 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8511 is relatively readable). */
8512 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8513 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8516 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8518 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8523 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8524 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8528 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8530 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8533 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8537 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8540 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8543 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8546 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8547 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8549 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8550 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8552 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8553 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8554 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8556 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8560 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8563 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8564 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8568 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8569 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8571 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8573 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8580 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8584 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8587 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8589 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8592 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8594 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8596 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8602 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8603 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8604 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8605 types _not_ TYPE. */
8608 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8609 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8612 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8614 *other_type_used
= 0;
8619 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8622 if (b
->type
== type
)
8623 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8624 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8625 *other_type_used
= 1;
8632 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8638 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8640 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8641 update_global_location_list (0);
8647 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8649 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8653 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8655 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8656 update_global_location_list (1);
8662 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8664 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8665 update_global_location_list (0);
8669 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8671 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8672 breakpoint_re_set ();
8676 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8677 at address specified by SAL.
8678 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8681 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8682 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8684 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8686 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8688 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8690 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8691 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8692 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8693 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8695 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8696 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8698 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8699 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8701 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8706 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8707 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8710 static struct breakpoint
*
8711 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8713 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8715 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8717 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8718 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8719 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8721 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8722 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8723 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8724 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8725 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8726 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8728 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8729 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8731 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8732 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8733 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8734 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8736 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8737 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8738 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8740 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8744 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8748 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8750 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8754 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8758 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8761 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8763 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8765 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8766 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8768 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8772 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8775 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8777 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8778 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8780 printf_filtered ("\n");
8784 static struct bp_location
*
8785 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8786 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8788 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8789 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8790 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8792 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8793 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8795 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8796 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8797 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8798 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8799 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8800 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8801 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8804 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8805 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8809 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8810 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8811 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8812 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8813 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8814 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8815 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8817 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8818 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8819 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8821 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8822 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8827 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8828 return 0 otherwise. */
8831 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8835 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8836 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8837 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8840 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8842 addr
= loc
->address
;
8843 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8845 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8849 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8851 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8852 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8853 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8854 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8856 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8857 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8859 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8860 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8863 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8868 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8869 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8872 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8874 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8875 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8880 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8882 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8884 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8886 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8888 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8889 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8891 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8892 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8893 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8895 if (!dprintf_function
)
8896 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8898 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8899 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8904 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8908 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8910 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8911 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8914 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8915 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8919 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8920 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8922 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8923 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8925 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8927 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8929 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8930 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8931 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8932 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8933 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8934 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8937 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8938 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8939 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8940 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8941 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8942 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8944 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8948 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8949 current style settings. */
8952 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8953 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8955 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8959 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8960 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8964 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8965 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8966 as condition expression. */
8969 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8970 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8971 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8973 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8974 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8975 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8976 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8977 int display_canonical
)
8981 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8983 int target_resources_ok
;
8985 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8986 target_resources_ok
=
8987 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8989 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8990 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8991 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8992 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8995 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8997 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8999 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9000 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9004 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9006 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9008 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9009 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9014 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9018 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9019 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9020 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9021 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9022 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9024 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9025 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9027 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9029 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9030 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9032 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9034 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9035 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9036 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9040 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9042 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9044 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9045 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9047 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9049 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9051 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9053 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9054 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9056 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9058 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9061 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9062 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9069 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9070 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9074 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9075 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9079 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9080 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9081 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9083 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9086 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9087 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9088 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9090 if (b
->extra_string
)
9091 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9093 error (_("Format string required"));
9095 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9096 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9099 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9101 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9103 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9106 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9111 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9112 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9113 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9115 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9116 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9118 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9119 int display_canonical
)
9121 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9122 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9124 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9126 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9128 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9132 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9134 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9136 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9138 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9140 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9142 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9144 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9146 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9149 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9150 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9151 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9152 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9153 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9154 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9155 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9156 we take just a single condition string.
9158 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9159 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9160 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9161 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9162 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9165 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9166 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9167 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9168 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9169 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9170 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9171 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9174 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9176 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9177 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9179 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9181 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9182 'break', without arguments. */
9183 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9184 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9186 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9187 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9189 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9190 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9193 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9195 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9196 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9197 canonical
->special_display
);
9198 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9202 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9203 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9204 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9205 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9207 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9208 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9211 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9212 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9214 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9216 if ((*address
) == NULL
9217 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9219 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9221 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9223 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9224 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9227 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9228 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9229 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9231 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9232 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9233 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9234 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9235 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9236 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9238 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9240 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9241 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9242 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9243 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9244 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9246 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9248 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9249 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9250 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9252 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9255 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9259 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9261 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9262 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9263 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9264 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9266 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9267 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9268 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9270 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9271 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9272 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9273 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9274 get_last_displayed_line (),
9275 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9277 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9278 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9283 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9284 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9287 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9291 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9292 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9295 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9296 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9297 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9298 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9299 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9303 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9304 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9307 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9309 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9311 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9313 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9315 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9317 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9318 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9319 associated with SAL. */
9322 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9324 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9327 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9328 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9330 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9334 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9336 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9337 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9339 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9342 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9343 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9344 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9345 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9346 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9347 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9350 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9351 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9354 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9363 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9364 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9366 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9368 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9370 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9374 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9376 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9378 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9380 struct expression
*expr
;
9382 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9383 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9386 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9388 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9394 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9396 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9397 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9398 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9400 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9406 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9408 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9409 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9410 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9414 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9418 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9422 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9424 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9425 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9427 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9428 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9429 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9430 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9435 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9437 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9439 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9440 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9442 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9443 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9444 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9446 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9447 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9449 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9451 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9453 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9455 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9457 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9458 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9460 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9463 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9469 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9470 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9471 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9472 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9473 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9474 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9475 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9476 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9477 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9481 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9482 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9483 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9484 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9485 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9487 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9488 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9489 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9492 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9493 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9494 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9495 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9496 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9497 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9500 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9502 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9504 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9506 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9508 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9509 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9512 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9516 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9522 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9524 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9527 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9528 throw_exception (e
);
9530 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9532 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9533 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9534 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9535 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9536 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9539 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9540 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9541 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9542 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9544 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9546 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9547 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9548 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9549 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9550 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9552 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9556 throw_exception (e
);
9560 throw_exception (e
);
9563 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9564 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9566 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9567 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9568 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9569 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9570 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9572 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9573 are ok for the target. */
9577 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9579 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9580 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9583 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9584 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9587 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9589 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9590 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9593 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9594 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9598 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9600 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9602 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9605 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9606 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9607 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9608 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9610 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9611 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9613 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9615 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9617 extra_string
= rest
;
9621 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9624 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9625 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9627 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9630 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9631 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9635 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9636 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9637 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9638 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9639 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9643 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9645 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9647 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9649 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9651 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9655 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9657 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9659 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9660 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9661 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9664 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9667 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9668 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9670 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9672 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9673 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9674 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9675 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9676 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9677 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9678 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9679 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9681 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9684 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9686 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9687 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9688 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9691 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9693 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9694 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9695 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9697 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9698 update_global_location_list (1);
9703 /* Set a breakpoint.
9704 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9705 condition, and thread.
9706 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9707 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9711 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9713 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9714 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9715 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9717 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9718 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9720 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9721 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9722 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9724 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9726 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9728 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9729 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9730 0 /* Ignore count */,
9731 pending_break_support
,
9739 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9742 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9746 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9748 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9749 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9750 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9753 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9754 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9755 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9756 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9759 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9761 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9765 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9768 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9771 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9772 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9776 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9777 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9778 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9779 happen in assembly source). */
9781 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9782 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9784 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9786 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9788 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9790 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9797 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9799 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9803 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9805 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9809 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9811 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9815 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9817 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9821 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9823 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9824 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9825 stop at <line>\n"));
9829 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9833 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9835 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9840 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9841 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9842 function/method name. */
9843 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9845 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9850 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9852 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9856 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9858 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9862 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9866 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9873 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9874 it is probably a line number. */
9875 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9877 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9882 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9884 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9888 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9890 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9893 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9894 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9895 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9899 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9901 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9903 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9905 0 /* Ignore count */,
9906 pending_break_support
,
9907 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9915 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9917 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9920 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9921 ranged breakpoints. */
9924 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9925 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9927 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9929 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9930 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9933 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9934 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9937 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9938 ranged breakpoints. */
9941 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9943 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9946 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9947 ranged breakpoints. */
9949 static enum print_stop_action
9950 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9952 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9953 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9954 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9956 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9958 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9959 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9961 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9962 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9963 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9965 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9966 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9968 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9969 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9970 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9972 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9973 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9975 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9978 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9982 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9983 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9985 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9986 struct value_print_options opts
;
9987 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9989 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9990 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9992 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9994 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9995 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9996 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9997 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9999 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10003 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10004 ranged breakpoints. */
10007 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10008 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10010 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10011 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10012 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10013 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10017 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10018 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10020 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10021 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10022 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10023 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10024 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10027 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10030 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10031 ranged breakpoints. */
10034 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10036 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10037 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10040 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10042 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10045 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10046 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10047 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10050 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10051 ranged breakpoints. */
10054 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10057 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10058 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10061 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10063 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10065 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10066 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10067 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10068 last instruction of the given line. */
10071 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10075 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10076 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10077 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10084 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10086 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10088 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10095 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10098 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10100 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10101 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10102 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10104 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10105 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10106 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10107 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10109 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10110 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10111 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10113 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10114 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10115 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10117 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10118 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10120 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10121 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10122 error(_("No address range specified."));
10124 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10127 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10129 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10132 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10133 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10134 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10136 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10138 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10139 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10140 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10142 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10143 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10144 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10146 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10147 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10149 /* Parse the end location. */
10151 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10154 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10155 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10156 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10157 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10158 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10159 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10160 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10161 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10163 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10165 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10166 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10168 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10169 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10170 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10171 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10173 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10174 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10175 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10177 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10178 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10179 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10181 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10183 /* Length overflowed. */
10184 error (_("Address range too large."));
10185 else if (length
== 1)
10187 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10188 the `hbreak' command. */
10189 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10191 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10196 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10197 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10198 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10199 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10200 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10201 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10202 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10203 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10204 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10206 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10209 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10210 update_global_location_list (1);
10213 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10214 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10215 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10219 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10221 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10227 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10228 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10231 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10241 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10242 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10243 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10244 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10245 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10247 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10275 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10278 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10279 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10284 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10285 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10286 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10287 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10288 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10289 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10290 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10292 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10293 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10298 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10300 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10301 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10302 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10303 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10305 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10306 are always constant. */
10308 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10310 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10311 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10312 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10317 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10318 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10319 then it is not a constant. */
10328 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10331 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10333 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10335 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10337 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10338 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10339 value_free (w
->val
);
10341 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10344 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10347 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10349 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10351 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10352 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10354 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10355 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10356 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10357 are loaded and unloaded.
10359 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10360 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10361 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10362 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10363 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10364 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10366 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10367 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10368 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10369 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10371 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10372 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10374 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10375 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10376 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10379 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10382 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10384 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10385 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10387 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10391 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10394 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10396 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10397 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10399 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10404 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10405 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10406 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10408 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10409 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10411 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10412 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10413 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10414 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10415 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10416 (did not match the data address). */
10417 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10418 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10425 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10427 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10429 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10432 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10433 hardware watchpoints. */
10436 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10438 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10439 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10441 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10444 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10445 hardware watchpoints. */
10448 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10450 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10451 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10454 static enum print_stop_action
10455 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10457 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10459 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10460 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10461 enum print_stop_action result
;
10462 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10463 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10465 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10467 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10468 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10469 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10471 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10472 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10476 case bp_watchpoint
:
10477 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10478 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10479 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10480 ui_out_field_string
10482 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10484 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10485 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10486 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10487 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10488 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10489 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10490 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10491 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10492 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10493 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10496 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10497 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10498 ui_out_field_string
10500 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10502 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10503 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10504 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10505 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10506 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10507 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10510 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10511 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10513 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10515 ui_out_field_string
10517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10519 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10528 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10529 ui_out_field_string
10531 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10532 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10535 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10536 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10538 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10541 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10544 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10548 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10552 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10554 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10555 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10556 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10560 case bp_watchpoint
:
10561 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10562 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10564 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10565 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10566 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10568 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10569 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10570 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10572 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10573 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10574 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10577 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10578 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10581 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10582 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10583 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10584 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10587 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10591 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10593 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10597 case bp_watchpoint
:
10598 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10601 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10604 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10608 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10609 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10613 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10616 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10618 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10620 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10621 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10624 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10626 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10628 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10629 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10632 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10633 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10636 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10638 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10640 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10641 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10644 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10645 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10648 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10650 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10652 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10655 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10656 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10659 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10664 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10665 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10667 static enum print_stop_action
10668 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10670 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10671 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10673 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10674 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10678 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10679 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10680 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10681 ui_out_field_string
10683 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10686 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10687 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10688 ui_out_field_string
10690 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10693 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10694 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10695 ui_out_field_string
10697 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10700 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10701 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10705 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10706 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10707 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10710 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10711 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10714 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10715 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10718 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10719 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10721 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10723 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10724 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10726 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10727 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10728 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10731 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10732 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10735 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10737 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10738 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10739 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10743 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10744 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10745 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10747 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10748 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10749 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10751 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10752 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10753 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10756 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10757 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10760 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10761 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10762 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10763 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10766 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10767 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10770 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10772 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10777 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10780 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10781 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10783 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10787 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10788 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10791 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10792 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10793 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10796 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10798 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10800 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10803 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10805 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10808 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10809 hw_read: watch read,
10810 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10812 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10813 int just_location
, int internal
)
10815 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10816 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10817 struct expression
*exp
;
10818 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10819 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10820 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10821 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10822 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10823 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10825 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10826 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10827 enum bptype bp_type
;
10830 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10831 the hardware watchpoint. */
10833 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10834 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10836 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10837 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10841 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10842 of the arguments string. */
10843 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10845 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10846 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10849 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10850 This is the value of the parameter. */
10851 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10853 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10855 /* Skip whitespace. */
10856 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10861 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10862 This is the parameter itself. */
10863 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10866 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10868 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10870 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10871 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10872 only in a specific thread. */
10876 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10878 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10879 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10881 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10883 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10884 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10886 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10887 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10888 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10890 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10892 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10893 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10895 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10898 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10900 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10902 mark
= value_mark ();
10903 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10904 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10905 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10908 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10911 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10912 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10917 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10918 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10920 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10922 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10923 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10925 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10928 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10929 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10933 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10934 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10936 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10939 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10940 mark
= value_mark ();
10941 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10947 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10948 val
= value_addr (result
);
10949 release_value (val
);
10950 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10954 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10957 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10958 else if (ret
== -2)
10959 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10962 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10963 release_value (val
);
10965 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10966 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10968 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10969 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10971 struct expression
*cond
;
10973 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10974 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10975 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10977 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10978 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10979 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10985 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10987 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10988 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10989 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10990 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10992 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10994 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10996 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10997 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10998 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10999 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11000 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11002 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11005 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11006 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11007 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11008 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11010 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11012 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11013 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11015 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11016 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11018 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11019 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11020 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11021 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11022 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11023 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11024 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11025 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11026 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11030 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11032 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11035 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11036 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11038 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11039 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11040 b
->thread
= thread
;
11041 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11042 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11044 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11045 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11048 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11049 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11052 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11053 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11055 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11056 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11059 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11060 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11062 /* The above expression is in C. */
11063 b
->language
= language_c
;
11066 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11070 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11079 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11081 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11085 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11086 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11090 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11091 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11094 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11096 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11097 need to act on them together. */
11098 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11099 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11102 if (!just_location
)
11103 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11105 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11107 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11108 that should be inserted. */
11109 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11113 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11114 throw_exception (e
);
11117 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11120 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11121 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11124 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11126 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11127 struct value
*head
= v
;
11129 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11130 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11133 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11134 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11135 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11136 hardware watchpoint.
11138 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11139 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11140 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11141 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11142 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11143 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11144 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11145 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11146 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11148 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11149 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11150 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11151 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11152 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11154 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11156 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11157 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11158 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11159 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11160 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11161 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11165 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11166 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11167 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11169 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11170 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11171 middle of some value chain. */
11173 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11174 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11176 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11180 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11181 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11182 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11184 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11188 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11192 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11193 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11194 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11195 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11196 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11199 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11200 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11201 return found_memory_cnt
;
11205 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11207 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11210 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11211 calls watch_command_1. */
11214 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11216 int just_location
= 0;
11219 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11220 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11222 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11226 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11230 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11232 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11236 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11238 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11242 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11244 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11248 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11250 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11254 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11256 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11260 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11261 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11263 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11265 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11266 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11270 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11271 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11272 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11275 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11277 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11279 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11280 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11281 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11282 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11286 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11288 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11289 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11290 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11291 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11292 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11293 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11294 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11295 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11296 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11298 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11300 clear_proceed_status ();
11302 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11305 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11306 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11307 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11308 get_last_displayed_line ());
11310 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11311 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11313 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11314 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11316 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11317 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11320 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11322 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11324 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11327 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11329 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11330 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11331 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11334 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11335 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11336 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11337 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11339 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11342 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11344 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11346 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11347 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11348 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11352 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11354 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11355 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11358 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11362 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11363 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11364 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11365 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11367 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11368 only at the very same frame. */
11369 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11370 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11371 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11373 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11375 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11376 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11377 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11378 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11380 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11382 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11383 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11385 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11386 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11387 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11389 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11390 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11391 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11395 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11398 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11399 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11401 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11402 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11403 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11404 if clause in the arg string. */
11407 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11411 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11414 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11417 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11418 condition string. */
11419 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11420 cond_string
= *arg
;
11422 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11424 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11426 return cond_string
;
11429 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11430 process start/exit, etc. */
11434 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11435 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11440 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11441 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11443 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11444 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11445 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11448 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11449 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11450 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11454 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11456 /* The allowed syntax is:
11458 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11460 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11461 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11463 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11464 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11466 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11467 and enable reporting of such events. */
11470 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11471 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11472 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11473 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11475 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11476 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11477 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11478 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11481 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11487 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11488 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11490 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11491 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11493 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11495 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11499 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11501 /* The allowed syntax is:
11503 catch exec if <cond>
11505 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11506 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11508 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11509 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11511 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11512 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11513 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11514 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11516 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11519 static enum print_stop_action
11520 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11522 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11523 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11524 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11526 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11528 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11529 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11530 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11533 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11534 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11535 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11537 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11538 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11539 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11540 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11541 : " (exception caught), ");
11542 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11544 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11545 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11546 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11547 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11549 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11553 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11554 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11556 struct value_print_options opts
;
11557 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11559 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11560 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11562 annotate_field (4);
11563 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11564 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11566 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11567 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11569 annotate_field (5);
11571 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11572 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11574 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11575 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11576 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "throw");
11580 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11582 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "catch");
11587 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11589 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11593 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11594 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11595 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11596 : _("Catchpoint "));
11597 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11598 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11602 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11603 catch catchpoints. */
11606 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11607 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11612 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11613 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11614 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11615 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11616 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11619 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11622 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11623 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11625 char *trigger_func_name
;
11627 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11628 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11630 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11632 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11633 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11634 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11635 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11637 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11638 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11646 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11649 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11650 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11652 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11656 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11658 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11660 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11661 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11663 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11664 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11665 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11667 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11670 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11673 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11676 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11678 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11680 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11683 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11686 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11688 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11690 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11694 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11695 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11696 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11698 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11704 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11706 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11708 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11709 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11710 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11711 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11712 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11713 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11714 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11715 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11716 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11717 enough for now, though. */
11720 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11722 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11723 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11724 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11725 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11728 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11729 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11731 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11733 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11734 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11736 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11738 int i
, syscall_number
;
11740 char cur_name
[128];
11743 /* Skip whitespace. */
11744 while (isspace (*arg
))
11747 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11748 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11749 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11752 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11753 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11754 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11755 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11758 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11760 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11762 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11763 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11764 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11765 syscall number to be caught. */
11766 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11769 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11770 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11773 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11777 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11780 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11781 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11786 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11788 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11789 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11790 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11791 this architecture yet."));
11793 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11795 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11797 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11798 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11799 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11800 for his/her architecture. */
11801 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11803 /* The allowed syntax is:
11805 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11807 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11810 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11814 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11815 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11819 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11821 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11826 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11828 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11831 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11834 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11836 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11837 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11838 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11839 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11841 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11843 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11846 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11850 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11853 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11856 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11858 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11859 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11862 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11863 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11865 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11869 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11870 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11871 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11872 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11877 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11878 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11879 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11880 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11882 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11883 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11884 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11885 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11886 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11887 error (_("No source file specified."));
11889 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11895 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11896 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11897 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11898 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11900 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11901 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11902 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11903 due to optimization, all in one block.
11905 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11906 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11907 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11908 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11909 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11910 to support that. */
11912 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11913 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11914 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11918 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11919 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11923 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11924 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11925 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11928 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11933 1 0 <can't happen> */
11935 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11936 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11938 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11942 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11943 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11945 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11946 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11948 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11949 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11950 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11952 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11953 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11954 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11955 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11956 int line_match
= 0;
11958 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11959 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11960 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11961 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11962 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11964 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11965 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11967 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11968 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11969 sal
.symtab
->filename
))
11973 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11982 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11986 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11987 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11990 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11992 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11995 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11996 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11997 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11998 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11999 compare_breakpoints
);
12000 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12001 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12005 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12010 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12011 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12014 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12015 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12017 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12019 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
12021 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12024 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12025 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12028 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12030 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12033 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12034 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12035 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12038 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12040 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12042 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12043 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12044 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12046 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12050 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12051 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12055 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12056 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12057 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12058 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12059 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12060 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12063 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12065 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12066 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12067 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12068 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12069 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12071 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12072 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12074 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12075 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12078 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12079 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12080 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12082 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12083 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12084 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12086 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12087 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12088 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12090 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12091 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12092 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12094 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12097 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12098 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12099 content of the bp_location array. */
12102 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12104 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12106 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12107 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12111 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12113 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12116 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12117 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12119 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12120 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12121 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12122 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12124 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12126 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12127 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12128 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12129 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12133 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12136 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12138 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12139 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12141 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12144 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12146 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12148 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12149 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12150 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12152 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12153 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12154 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12157 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12159 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12160 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12161 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12162 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12165 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12167 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12170 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12172 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12173 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12174 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12175 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12178 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12181 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12184 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12186 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12187 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12188 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12189 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12191 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12192 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12193 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12194 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12195 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12197 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12198 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12199 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12200 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12201 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12202 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12203 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12204 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12207 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12208 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12209 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12213 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12215 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12216 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12217 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12220 address
= bl
->address
;
12221 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12223 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12224 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12225 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12227 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12228 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12231 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12232 the same program space as the location
12233 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12234 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12239 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12240 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12243 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12244 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12245 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12246 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12247 that have already been marked. */
12248 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12250 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12252 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12254 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12255 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12260 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12261 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12262 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12263 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12264 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12265 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12266 returns true on them.
12268 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12269 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12270 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12271 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12272 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12273 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12276 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12278 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12279 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12280 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12281 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12282 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12283 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12284 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12286 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12287 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12288 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12289 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12290 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12292 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12293 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12294 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12295 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12297 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12298 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12299 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12300 unsigned old_location_count
;
12302 old_location
= bp_location
;
12303 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12304 bp_location
= NULL
;
12305 bp_location_count
= 0;
12306 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12309 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12310 bp_location_count
++;
12312 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12313 locp
= bp_location
;
12314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12315 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12317 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12318 bp_location_compare
);
12320 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12322 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12323 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12324 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12325 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12326 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12329 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12330 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12332 locp
= bp_location
;
12333 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12336 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12337 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12339 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12340 not, we have to free it. */
12341 int found_object
= 0;
12342 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12343 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12346 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12347 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12348 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12349 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12353 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12354 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12357 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12358 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12359 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12361 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12362 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12363 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12365 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12366 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12369 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12373 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12374 have to go through updates again. */
12375 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12377 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12379 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12381 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12382 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12383 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12384 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12385 at certain location is not inserted. */
12387 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12389 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12392 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12394 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12395 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12396 keep_in_target
= 1;
12400 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12401 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12402 remove its target-side condition. */
12404 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12405 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12406 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12407 this one from the target. */
12409 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12410 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12413 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12414 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12417 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12419 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12421 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12422 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12423 supported, but the latter are. */
12424 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12426 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12427 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12430 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12431 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12433 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12434 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12436 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12437 keep_in_target
= 1;
12445 if (!keep_in_target
)
12447 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12449 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12450 this location on the global list, and try to
12451 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12452 reason why we will succeed next time.
12454 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12455 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12456 only after calling us. */
12457 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12458 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12459 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12467 if (removed
&& non_stop
12468 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12469 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12471 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12472 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12473 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12474 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12475 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12476 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12477 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12478 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12479 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12480 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12481 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12482 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12483 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12484 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12487 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12488 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12490 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12491 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12492 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12493 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12494 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12495 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12496 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12497 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12498 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12499 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12500 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12501 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12502 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12505 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12506 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12507 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12508 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12510 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12511 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12512 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12513 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12514 traps we can no longer explain. */
12516 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12517 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12519 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12523 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12524 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12529 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12530 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12531 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12532 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12533 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12534 are sorted first for the same address.
12536 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12537 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12539 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12540 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12541 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12542 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12545 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12547 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12550 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12551 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12552 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12553 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12554 `struct bp_location'. */
12555 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12557 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12558 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12562 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12563 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12564 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12565 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12566 "actually inserted"));
12568 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12569 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12570 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12571 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12572 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12573 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12575 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12577 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12578 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12579 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12581 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12582 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12584 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12586 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12587 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12588 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12594 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12595 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12596 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12598 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12599 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12601 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12602 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12604 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12605 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12606 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12607 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12608 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12611 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12612 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12613 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12616 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12619 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12620 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12621 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12623 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12628 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12630 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12634 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12636 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12639 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12640 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12642 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12643 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12649 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12651 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12653 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12654 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12657 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12660 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12664 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12665 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12667 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12668 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12669 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12673 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12675 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12677 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12679 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12683 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12687 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12690 struct value_print_options opts
;
12692 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12694 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12696 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12698 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12702 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12704 printf_filtered (" at ");
12705 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12708 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12710 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12712 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12713 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12714 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12716 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12717 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12718 real situation somewhat. */
12719 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12724 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12726 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12728 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12733 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12736 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12738 xfree (self
->cond
);
12739 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12740 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12741 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12742 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12745 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12750 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12754 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12756 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12757 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12758 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12759 xfree (self
->filter
);
12760 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12763 static struct bp_location
*
12764 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12766 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12768 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12769 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12774 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12776 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12779 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12780 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12783 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12785 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12789 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12791 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12795 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12796 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12798 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12800 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12804 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12809 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12813 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12815 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12818 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12822 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12824 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12827 static enum print_stop_action
12828 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12830 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12834 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12835 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12841 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12843 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12847 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12849 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12853 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12854 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12855 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12859 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12863 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12864 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12865 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12867 char *extra_string
,
12868 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12869 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12871 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12872 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12873 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12874 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12876 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12880 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12881 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12883 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12886 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12888 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12889 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12891 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12894 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12896 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12897 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12898 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12899 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12900 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12901 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12902 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12903 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12904 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12905 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12907 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12908 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12909 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12910 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12911 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12912 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12913 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12916 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12919 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12921 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12922 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12924 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12925 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12929 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12933 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12935 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12936 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12939 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12944 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12946 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12947 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12949 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12953 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12954 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12955 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12957 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12959 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12960 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12963 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12967 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12968 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12969 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12976 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12978 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12983 static enum print_stop_action
12984 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12986 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12987 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12989 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12991 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12993 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12994 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12996 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12997 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12998 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13001 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13003 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13005 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13006 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13008 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13009 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13010 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13012 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13013 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13015 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13019 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13021 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13026 case bp_breakpoint
:
13027 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13028 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13029 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13031 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13032 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13033 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13034 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13036 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13037 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13040 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13048 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13050 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13051 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13052 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13053 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13054 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13055 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13057 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13060 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13061 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13063 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13064 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13068 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13069 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13070 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13071 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13073 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13074 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13078 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13079 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13080 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13082 char *extra_string
,
13083 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13084 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13086 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13087 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13088 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13089 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13091 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13092 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13094 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13095 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13096 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13100 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13101 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13103 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13106 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13109 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13113 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13114 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13115 case bp_overlay_event
:
13116 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13117 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13118 case bp_exception_master
:
13119 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13122 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13123 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13124 case bp_shlib_event
:
13126 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13127 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13128 case bp_thread_event
:
13134 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13136 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13138 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13139 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13140 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13141 objects (among other things). */
13142 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13143 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13149 static enum print_stop_action
13150 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13152 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13153 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13155 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13159 case bp_shlib_event
:
13160 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13161 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13162 to shlib event" message.) */
13163 print_solib_event (0);
13166 case bp_thread_event
:
13167 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13168 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13169 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13172 case bp_overlay_event
:
13173 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13174 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13177 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13178 /* These should never be enabled. */
13179 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13182 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13183 /* These should never be enabled. */
13184 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13185 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13188 case bp_exception_master
:
13189 /* These should never be enabled. */
13190 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13191 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13195 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13199 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13201 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13204 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13207 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13209 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13210 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13211 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13212 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13216 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13218 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13221 static enum print_stop_action
13222 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13224 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13226 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13228 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13233 ui_out_field_string
13235 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13239 ui_out_field_string
13241 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13246 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13250 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13252 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13255 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13257 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13258 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13261 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13263 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13266 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13268 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13271 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13274 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13276 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13280 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13282 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13289 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13291 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13292 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13294 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13298 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13299 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13300 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13301 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13303 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13305 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13307 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13308 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13310 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13314 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13315 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13317 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13319 error (_("probe not found"));
13322 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13325 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13327 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13331 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13332 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13333 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13335 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13341 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13342 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13344 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13345 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13347 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13349 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13350 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13351 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13352 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13357 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13359 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13364 case bp_tracepoint
:
13365 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13366 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13368 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13369 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13370 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13372 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13373 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13374 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13377 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13378 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13385 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13387 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13389 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13390 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13391 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13392 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13393 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13394 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13396 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13397 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13400 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13402 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13407 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13408 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13409 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13410 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13412 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13413 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13417 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13418 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13419 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13421 char *extra_string
,
13422 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13423 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13425 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13426 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13427 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13428 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13430 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13431 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13433 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13434 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13435 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13439 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13440 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13442 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13445 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13447 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13451 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13452 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13453 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13454 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13456 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13457 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13458 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13462 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13463 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13465 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13466 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13469 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13471 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13475 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13476 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13477 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13478 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13480 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13482 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13484 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13486 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13487 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13488 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13492 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13493 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13494 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13496 char *extra_string
,
13497 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13498 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13500 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13501 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13502 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13503 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13507 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13508 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13509 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13510 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13511 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13512 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13514 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13516 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13517 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13518 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13521 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13522 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13524 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13525 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13527 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13528 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13530 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13531 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13532 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13533 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13534 canonical
->special_display
);
13535 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13536 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13537 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13538 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13539 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13540 corresponds to this one */
13541 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13543 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13545 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13550 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13551 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13553 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13555 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13556 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13558 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13562 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13565 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13568 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13570 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13573 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13577 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13579 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13581 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13583 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13584 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13587 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13588 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13589 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13590 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13591 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13594 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13595 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13596 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13597 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13599 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13602 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13603 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13604 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13606 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13607 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13609 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13610 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13611 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13612 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13616 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13618 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13619 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13620 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13621 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13622 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13625 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13626 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13627 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13628 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13630 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13632 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13633 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13636 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13638 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13642 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13644 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13645 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13646 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13647 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13648 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13649 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13650 commands won't work. */
13652 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13654 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13655 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13656 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13657 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13658 might be better design to have location completely
13659 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13660 update_global_location_list (0);
13662 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13663 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13664 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13665 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13670 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13672 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13676 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13678 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13681 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13682 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13685 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13686 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13690 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13695 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13697 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13698 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13700 if (next
== related
)
13702 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13703 function (related
, data
);
13705 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13706 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13711 function (related
, data
);
13715 while (related
!= b
);
13719 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13721 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13724 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13725 delete_breakpoint. */
13728 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13730 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13734 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13736 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13742 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13744 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13745 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13746 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13748 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13750 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13754 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13756 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13759 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13760 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13764 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13768 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13770 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13771 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13772 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13777 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13778 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13779 Null names are ignored. */
13782 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13784 struct bp_location
*l
;
13785 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13786 (int (*) (const void *,
13787 const void *)) streq
,
13788 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13790 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13793 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13795 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13799 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13801 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13805 htab_delete (htab
);
13811 htab_delete (htab
);
13815 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13816 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13817 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13818 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13819 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13820 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13821 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13822 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13825 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13826 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13827 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13828 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13829 in the sources, and output a warning.
13831 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13832 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13833 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13834 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13835 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13838 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13839 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13840 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13841 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13842 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13843 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13844 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13845 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13846 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13848 static struct symtab_and_line
13849 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13851 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13852 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13857 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13859 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13861 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13862 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13864 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13866 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13867 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13868 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13873 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13875 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13877 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13878 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13880 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13883 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13885 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13887 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13888 struct symbol
*sym
;
13889 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13890 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13892 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13894 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13895 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13897 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13898 "found at previous line number"),
13899 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13903 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13905 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13906 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13907 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13910 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13911 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13912 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13914 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13915 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13917 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13919 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13921 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13924 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13925 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13927 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13929 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13931 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13933 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13935 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13936 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13937 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13938 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13940 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13943 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13949 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13950 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13953 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13957 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13960 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13963 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13970 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13976 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13977 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13978 a ranged breakpoint. */
13981 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13982 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13983 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13986 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13988 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13990 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13992 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13993 update_global_location_list (1);
13994 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13995 "multiple locations found\n"),
14000 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14001 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14002 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14003 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14004 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14005 individual locations. */
14006 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14011 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14013 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14015 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14017 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14019 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14021 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14024 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14026 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14027 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14029 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14030 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14035 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14036 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14037 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14038 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14042 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14044 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14046 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14050 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14051 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14052 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14054 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14057 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14058 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14059 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14060 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14061 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14062 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14063 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14065 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14067 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14069 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14070 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14072 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14073 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14081 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14082 if (l
->function_name
14083 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14093 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14094 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14096 update_global_location_list (1);
14099 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14100 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14102 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14103 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14106 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14107 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14109 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14112 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14114 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14118 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14119 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14120 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14121 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14122 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14123 state, then user already saw the message about that
14124 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14126 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14127 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14128 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14129 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14130 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14131 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14133 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14135 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14136 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14137 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14138 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14139 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14140 which approach is better. */
14141 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14142 throw_exception (e
);
14146 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14150 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14151 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14152 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14154 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14157 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14158 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14161 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14162 b
->thread
= thread
;
14165 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14166 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14169 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14170 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14180 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14181 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14185 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14188 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14189 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14190 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14192 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14195 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14199 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14201 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14204 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14205 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14209 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14212 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14213 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14216 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14217 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14218 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14219 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14221 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14224 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14225 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14229 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14230 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14231 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14233 char *extra_string
,
14234 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14235 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14237 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14238 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14239 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14240 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14242 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14244 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14245 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14246 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14249 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14250 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14253 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14254 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14256 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14258 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14259 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14260 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14261 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14264 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14265 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14267 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14269 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14271 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14272 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14273 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14275 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14278 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14281 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14283 static struct cleanup
*
14284 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14286 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14288 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14289 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14290 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14291 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14292 set_language (b
->language
);
14297 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14298 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14299 Unused in this case. */
14302 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14304 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14305 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14306 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14308 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14309 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14310 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14314 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14316 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14318 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14319 enum language save_language
;
14320 int save_input_radix
;
14321 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14323 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14324 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14325 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14327 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14329 /* Format possible error msg. */
14330 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14332 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14333 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14334 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14336 set_language (save_language
);
14337 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14339 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14341 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14343 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14344 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14345 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14346 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14349 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14351 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14352 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14354 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14356 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14358 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14359 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14361 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14362 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14363 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14365 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14369 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14370 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14371 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14374 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14376 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14381 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14382 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14384 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14386 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14387 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14392 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14396 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14397 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14399 else if (count
== 1)
14400 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14403 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14404 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14407 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14408 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14412 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14415 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14418 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14424 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14426 num
= get_number (&p
);
14428 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14430 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14432 set_ignore_count (num
,
14433 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14436 printf_filtered ("\n");
14439 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14440 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14443 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14448 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14450 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14453 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14455 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14457 while (!state
.finished
)
14459 char *p
= state
.string
;
14463 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14466 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14471 if (b
->number
== num
)
14474 function (b
, data
);
14478 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14483 static struct bp_location
*
14484 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14486 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14490 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14491 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14496 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14498 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14501 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14506 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14507 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14510 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14512 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14516 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14519 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14525 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14526 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14527 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14530 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14532 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14533 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14534 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14535 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14538 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14539 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14542 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14544 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14545 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14547 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14548 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14550 struct bp_location
*location
;
14552 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14553 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14556 update_global_location_list (0);
14558 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14561 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14564 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14566 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14569 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14570 disable_breakpoint. */
14573 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14575 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14579 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14583 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14586 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14587 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14589 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14591 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14597 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14599 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14600 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14601 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14602 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14604 update_global_location_list (0);
14607 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14611 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14614 int target_resources_ok
;
14616 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14619 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14620 target_resources_ok
=
14621 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14623 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14624 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14625 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14626 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14629 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14631 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14632 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14633 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14635 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14637 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14639 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14640 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14641 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14645 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14646 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14652 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14653 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14655 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14657 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14658 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14660 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14661 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14663 struct bp_location
*location
;
14665 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14666 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14669 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14670 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14671 update_global_location_list (1);
14672 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14674 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14679 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14681 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14685 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14687 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14690 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14691 enable_breakpoint. */
14694 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14696 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14699 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14700 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14701 in stopping the inferior. */
14704 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14708 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14710 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14711 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14712 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14714 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14716 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14722 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14724 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14725 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14726 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14727 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14729 update_global_location_list (1);
14732 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14735 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14745 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14747 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14749 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14753 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14755 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14757 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14761 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14763 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14767 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14769 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14771 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14775 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14777 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14779 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14783 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14785 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14787 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14791 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14793 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14797 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14802 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14806 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14807 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14811 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14812 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14813 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14815 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14818 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14819 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14821 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14823 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14825 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14827 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14828 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14829 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14830 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14832 value_free (wp
->val
);
14840 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14841 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14842 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14843 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14847 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14848 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14850 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14852 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14854 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14855 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14857 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14859 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14867 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14868 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14871 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14873 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14876 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14882 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14885 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14886 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14888 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14891 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14892 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14897 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14899 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14900 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14904 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14905 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14906 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14909 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14910 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14911 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14912 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14913 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14914 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14916 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14917 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14918 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14919 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14922 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14923 were inserted or not. */
14926 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14928 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14929 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14932 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14935 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14937 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14939 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14941 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14942 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14943 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14944 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14946 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14948 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14949 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14950 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14951 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14955 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14956 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14957 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14961 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14965 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14966 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14968 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14969 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14970 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14974 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14978 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14982 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14983 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14984 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14985 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14988 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14992 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14997 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14999 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15001 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15002 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15010 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15011 non-zero otherwise. */
15013 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15015 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15016 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15017 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15024 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15026 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15027 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15029 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15033 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15035 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15037 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15038 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15040 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15042 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15046 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15048 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15058 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15059 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15060 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15061 char *text
, char *word
)
15063 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15064 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15065 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15071 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15073 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15075 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15077 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15078 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15082 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15084 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15085 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15087 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15088 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15090 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15092 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15094 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15096 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15097 0 /* Ignore count */,
15098 pending_break_support
,
15102 0 /* internal */, 0);
15106 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15108 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15110 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15112 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15113 0 /* Ignore count */,
15114 pending_break_support
,
15115 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15118 0 /* internal */, 0);
15121 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15124 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15126 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15128 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15129 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15130 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15131 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15133 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15135 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15137 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15139 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15140 0 /* Ignore count */,
15141 pending_break_support
,
15145 0 /* internal */, 0);
15148 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15149 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15151 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15152 static int next_cmd
;
15155 read_uploaded_action (void)
15159 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15166 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15167 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15168 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15169 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15170 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15172 struct tracepoint
*
15173 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15175 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15176 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15178 if (utp
->at_string
)
15179 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15182 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15183 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15184 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15186 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15187 "source location, using raw address"),
15189 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15190 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15193 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15194 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15195 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15196 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15199 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15201 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15202 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15204 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15205 0 /* Ignore count */,
15206 pending_break_support
,
15207 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15209 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15211 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15214 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15215 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15216 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15220 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15223 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15226 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15227 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15228 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15230 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15232 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15237 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15239 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15241 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15242 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15243 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15244 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15247 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15248 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15249 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15254 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15258 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15260 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15263 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15265 if (num_printed
== 0)
15267 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15268 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15270 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15273 default_collect_info ();
15276 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15277 Not supported by all targets. */
15279 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15281 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15284 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15285 Not supported by all targets. */
15287 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15289 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15292 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15294 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15296 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15302 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15304 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15305 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15306 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15308 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15309 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15311 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15315 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15317 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15320 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15321 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15325 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15328 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15331 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15333 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15336 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15337 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15340 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15342 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15343 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15344 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15347 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15349 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15350 unsigned int count
;
15352 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15353 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15354 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15356 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15358 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15361 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15363 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15365 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15367 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15369 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15371 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15372 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15375 else if (*args
== '\0')
15377 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15379 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15383 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15385 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15386 while (!state
.finished
)
15388 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15390 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15395 struct tracepoint
*
15396 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15398 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15400 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15401 if (t
->number
== num
)
15402 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15407 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15408 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15411 struct tracepoint
*
15412 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15416 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15418 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15420 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15427 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15428 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15429 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15430 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15431 struct tracepoint
*
15432 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15433 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15436 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15438 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15442 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15443 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15445 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15448 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15450 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15453 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15457 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15458 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15461 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15462 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15466 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15467 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15469 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15472 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15477 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15479 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15488 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15489 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15490 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15494 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15495 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15497 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15500 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15501 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15502 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15504 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15505 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15507 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15510 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15511 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15514 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15515 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15520 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15522 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15524 /* We can stop searching. */
15531 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15535 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15536 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15537 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15539 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15540 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15541 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15543 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15544 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15548 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15549 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15552 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15553 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15556 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15558 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15559 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15562 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15565 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15566 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15570 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15572 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15574 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15575 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15577 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15579 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15582 throw_exception (ex
);
15584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15587 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15588 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15590 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15591 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15592 special, and not user visible. */
15593 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15595 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15598 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15604 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15607 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15609 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15612 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15615 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15617 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15620 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15623 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15625 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15628 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15630 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15631 all_tracepoints (void)
15633 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15634 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15636 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15638 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15645 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15646 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15647 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15649 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15650 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15651 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15652 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15653 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15654 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15655 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15656 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15657 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15658 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15659 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15661 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15662 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15664 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15665 conditions are different.\n\
15667 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15669 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15670 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15672 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15673 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15676 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15677 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15678 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15679 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15680 void *user_data_catch
,
15681 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15683 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15685 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15687 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15688 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15689 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15691 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15693 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15694 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15695 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15699 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15701 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15702 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15704 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15705 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15706 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15710 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15712 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15713 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15714 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15717 struct breakpoint
*
15718 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15721 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15725 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15732 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15733 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15736 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15738 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15739 non-inline function. */
15740 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15746 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15747 have been inlined. */
15750 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15751 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15753 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15754 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15758 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15761 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15763 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15764 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15773 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15775 static int initialized
= 0;
15777 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15783 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15784 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15785 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15786 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15787 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15788 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15789 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15790 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15791 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15792 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15793 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15794 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15796 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15797 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15798 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15799 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15800 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15801 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15802 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15803 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15805 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15806 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15808 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15809 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15810 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15811 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15812 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15813 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15814 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15816 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15817 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15818 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15819 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15820 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15821 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15822 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15824 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15825 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15828 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15829 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15830 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15832 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15833 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15835 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15837 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15838 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15839 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15840 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15841 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15842 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15843 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15845 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15846 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15847 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15848 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15849 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15850 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15851 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15854 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15855 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15857 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15858 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15859 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15860 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15861 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15862 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15863 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15864 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15865 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15866 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15868 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15869 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15870 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15871 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15872 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15873 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15874 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15875 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15876 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15877 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15878 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15881 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15882 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15883 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15884 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15885 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15886 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15887 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15888 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15889 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15890 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15892 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15893 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15894 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15895 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15896 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15898 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15899 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15900 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15901 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15902 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15903 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15905 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15906 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15907 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15908 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15909 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15910 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15911 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15912 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15913 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15914 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15916 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15917 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15918 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15919 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15920 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15921 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15922 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15923 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15924 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15925 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15927 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15928 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15929 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15931 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15932 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15933 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15934 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15935 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15936 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15937 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15939 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15940 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15941 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15942 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15943 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15944 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15945 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15946 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15947 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15948 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15949 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15951 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15952 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15953 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15954 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15955 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15956 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15957 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15958 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15959 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15960 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15961 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15962 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15964 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15965 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15967 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15968 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15969 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15970 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15973 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15975 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15978 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15980 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15982 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15984 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15985 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15986 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15988 breakpoint_objfile_key
15989 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15991 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15992 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15993 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15995 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15996 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15997 before a breakpoint is set. */
15998 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16000 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16002 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16003 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16004 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16006 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16008 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16009 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16010 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16011 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16012 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16013 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16014 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16015 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16017 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16018 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16019 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16020 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16021 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16023 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16024 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16025 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16026 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16027 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16029 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16030 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16032 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16033 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16034 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16035 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16037 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16038 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16040 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16041 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16042 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16043 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16045 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16046 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16048 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16049 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16050 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16051 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16052 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16053 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16054 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16056 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16057 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16058 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16059 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16060 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16061 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16063 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16065 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16066 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16067 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16068 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16069 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16070 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16072 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16073 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16074 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16077 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16078 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16079 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16082 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16083 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16084 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16085 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16088 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16089 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16090 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16093 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16094 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16095 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16098 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16099 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16100 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16101 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16104 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16105 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16106 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16107 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16108 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16109 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16110 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16111 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16113 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16114 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16115 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16116 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16117 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16119 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16120 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16121 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16122 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16123 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16124 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16127 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16128 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16129 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16130 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16132 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16133 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16134 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16135 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16136 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16138 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16139 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16140 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16141 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16144 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16150 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16151 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16152 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16153 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16154 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16155 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16157 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16158 is executing in.\n\
16160 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16161 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16163 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16164 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16165 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16166 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16168 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16169 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16170 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16171 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16174 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16178 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16179 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16180 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16181 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16182 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16183 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16184 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16185 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16186 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16187 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16188 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16189 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16190 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16191 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16192 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16193 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16195 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16196 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16197 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16198 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16199 breakpoint set."));
16202 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16203 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16204 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16205 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16206 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16207 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16208 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16209 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16210 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16212 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16213 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16214 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16215 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16216 breakpoint set."));
16218 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16221 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16222 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16223 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16224 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16225 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16226 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16227 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16228 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16229 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16231 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16232 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16233 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16234 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16235 breakpoint set."));
16237 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16238 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16239 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16240 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16241 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16242 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16243 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16244 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16245 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16246 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16247 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16248 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16249 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16251 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16252 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16253 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16254 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16256 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16258 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16259 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16260 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16261 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16263 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16264 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16265 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16266 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16268 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16269 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16270 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16271 catch_catch_command
,
16275 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16276 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16277 catch_throw_command
,
16281 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16282 catch_fork_command_1
,
16284 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16285 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16286 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16287 catch_fork_command_1
,
16289 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16290 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16291 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16292 catch_exec_command_1
,
16296 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16297 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16298 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16299 catch_load_command_1
,
16303 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16304 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16305 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16306 catch_unload_command_1
,
16310 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16311 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16312 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16313 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16314 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16315 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16316 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16317 catch_syscall_completer
,
16321 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16322 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16323 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16324 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16325 an expression changes.\n\
16326 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16327 the memory to which it refers."));
16328 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16330 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16331 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16332 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16333 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16334 an expression is read.\n\
16335 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16336 the memory to which it refers."));
16337 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16339 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16340 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16341 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16342 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16343 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16344 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16345 the memory to which it refers."));
16346 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16348 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16349 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16351 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16352 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16353 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16354 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16355 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16356 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16357 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16358 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16359 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16362 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16363 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16365 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16367 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16369 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16370 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16372 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16373 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16374 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16376 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16377 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16378 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16379 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16381 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16382 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16384 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16385 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16386 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16388 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16389 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16391 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16392 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16393 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16394 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16395 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16396 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16397 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16398 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16399 the selected stack frame.\n\
16400 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16401 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16402 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16403 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16405 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16407 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16408 conditions are different.\n\
16410 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16414 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16415 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16416 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16417 last tracepoint set."));
16419 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16421 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16422 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16423 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16424 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16426 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16428 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16429 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16430 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16431 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16433 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16435 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16436 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16437 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16438 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16440 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16442 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16443 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16444 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16445 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16446 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16448 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16449 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16450 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16451 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16453 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16454 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16455 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16456 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16457 session to restore them."),
16459 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16461 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16462 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16463 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16465 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16467 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16468 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16470 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16471 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16472 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16473 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16474 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16475 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16476 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16477 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16478 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16479 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16480 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16481 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16483 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16484 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16485 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16486 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16487 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16488 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16489 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16490 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16492 show_pending_break_support
,
16493 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16494 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16496 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16498 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16499 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16500 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16501 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16502 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16503 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16504 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16506 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16507 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16508 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16510 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16511 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16512 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16513 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16514 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16515 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16516 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16517 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16518 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16519 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16520 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16521 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16523 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16524 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16525 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16527 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16528 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16529 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16530 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16531 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16532 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16533 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16534 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16535 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16536 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16537 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16538 be set to \"gdb\""),
16539 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16540 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16541 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16542 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16544 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16545 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16546 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16547 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16548 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16549 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16550 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16551 or the start of the range\n\
16552 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16553 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16554 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16556 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16557 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16558 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16560 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16561 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16562 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16563 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16564 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16565 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16567 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16569 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16570 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16571 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16572 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16573 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16574 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16575 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16576 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16577 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16578 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16579 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16580 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16582 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16583 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16584 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16585 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16586 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16587 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16588 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16590 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16591 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16592 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16593 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16594 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16595 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16596 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16598 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16599 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16600 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16601 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16602 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16603 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16606 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16608 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16609 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16610 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16612 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16614 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);